Original subtitles

Now let's see the different workspaces

available in Adob Premiere Pro. Adob

Premiere Pro uses panel-based interfaces

which are called workspaces. The default

workspace contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces, import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now, we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the

in-n-out points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool to create vertical text on the

project

window. Firstly, we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor, allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position by clicking on the icon.

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the link

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and video. Then we

have a marker icon which adds markers on

the timeline wherever the playhead is

placed. Markers can be used for

commenting about selected parts of the

timeline, defining chapters in the

project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So you can set playback resolution

to a lower value. For example, 1/4 of

the actual resolution for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invado Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey.

We also have a marker option on the

bottom of the source panel or you can

simply press M on the keyboard. We can

add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected markers.

Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in and out points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol.

Now, let's move on to the overwrite

icon, which overwrites the video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is the full stop symbol. Next,

we have the export frame icon, which can

be used for exporting a single frame

from the video clip. Place your playhead

on the desired frame in the video clip.

Click on the export frame button. A

dialogue box will be opened. Now enter a

name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side we can see buttons for list view,

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel.

Now there is an automate sequence

option. By using this option, Premiere

Pro will create a sequence for you using

selected footage or bins in the project

panel. We'll further look into

automating to sequence deeply. Right. To

automate the sequence, we have a find

icon from which we can find the files in

the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the video,

select render at maximum depth and use

maximum render quality. After that, just

click on export on the right bottom and

your video will start rendering. The

time depends on the video resolution,

effects used, etc. In the description

below, you can find a link to Invato

Elements, which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Adob

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group.

Resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and will select

this clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the right of my click. The next

one is the track selection backward

tool. It is used to select all the clips

to the left of the cursor in a sequence.

The keyboard shortcut for this is shift

+ a. I have taken the track selection

tool and will select this clip. This

tool will select all the clips to the

left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, for video tracks and audio

tracks. For overwriting clips, use the

keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3 while the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting, which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow keys.

Source monitor also has a play and pause

button. This helps the editor to stop or

start playing the footage as and when

required. Besides this, source monitor

also has an option of an insert icon

which helps us to insert a video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is a comma symbol. Now, let's

move on to the overwrite icon, which

overwrites the video clip exactly on the

spot where the playhead is placed on the

timeline. The shortcut for this is the

full stop symbol. Next, we have the

export frame icon, which can be used for

exporting a single frame from the video

clip. Place your playhead on the desired

frame in the video clip. Click on the

export frame button. A dialogue box will

be opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side, we

can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used etc. In the

description below you can find a link to

Invato Elements which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom, click on send

to media encoder. Auto media encoder

will be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right, click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces, import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

and-out points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3 while the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting, which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence

B. Now we have a snap and timeline

button. Shortcut for snap and timeline

is S. It allows us to magnetically snap

one edit to the end of another. For

example, if it is off, whenever we drag

clips on the timeline, there's a

possibility that the clips will not

attach to each other. There will be gaps

in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So you can set playback resolution

to a lower value. For example, 1/4 of

the actual resolution for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invato Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey.

We also have a marker option on the

bottom of the source panel or you can

simply press M on the keyboard. We can

add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected markers.

Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in and out points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol.

Now, let's move on to the overwrite

icon, which overwrites the video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is the full stop

symbol. Next, we have the export frame

icon, which can be used for exporting a

single frame from the video clip. Place

your playhead on the desired frame in

the video clip. Click on the export

frame button. A dialogue box will be

opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right. To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the video, select render at maximum

depth and use maximum render quality.

After that, just click on export on the

right bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plust on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adob

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the

in-n-out points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool to create vertical text on the

project

window. Firstly, we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor, allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we've got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group, or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the link

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and video. Then we

have a marker icon which adds markers on

the timeline wherever the playhead is

placed. Markers can be used for

commenting about selected parts of the

timeline, defining chapters in the

project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

double click the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So you can set playback resolution

to a lower value. For example, 1/4 of

the actual resolution for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invado Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey.

We also have a marker option on the

bottom of the source panel or you can

simply press M on the keyboard. We can

add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected markers.

Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol.

Now, let's move on to the overwrite

icon, which overwrites the video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is the full stop symbol. Next,

we have the export frame icon, which can

be used for exporting a single frame

from the video clip. Place your playhead

on the desired frame in the video clip.

Click on the export frame button. A

dialogue box will be opened. Now enter a

name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side, we

can see buttons for list view. icon view

and free form view. If you have a list

view toggled on, all the files present

in the project panel will be in the

listed view. If the icon view is toggled

on, all the files in the project panel

will be in the icon view. If the free

form view is toggled on, all the files

will be in free form view. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the video,

select render at maximum depth and use

maximum render quality. After that, just

click on export on the right bottom and

your video will start rendering. The

time depends on the video resolution,

effects used, etc. In the description

below, you can find a link to Invato

Elements, which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now, we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3 while the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting, which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons.

If we only click and drag the video only

icon, the video will be dragged to the

timeline. And similarly, if we click and

drag the audio only icon, then only the

audio will be dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback and set the pause resolution to

full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow keys.

Source monitor also has a play and pause

button. This helps the editor to stop or

start playing the footage as and when

required. Besides this, source monitor

also has an option of an insert icon

which helps us to insert a video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is a comma symbol. Now, let's

move on to the overwrite icon, which

overwrites the video clip exactly on the

spot where the playhead is placed on the

timeline. The shortcut for this is the

full stop symbol. Next, we have the

export frame icon, which can be used for

exporting a single frame from the video

clip. Place your playhead on the desired

frame in the video clip. Click on the

export frame button. A dialogue box will

be opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side, we

can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used etc. In the

description below you can find a link to

Invato Elements which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and

format. Now at the right bottom click on

send to media encoder. Auto media

encoder will be opened. Here you can

change the format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces, import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1.

V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we've got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence

B. Now we have a snap and timeline

button. Shortcut for snap and timeline

is S. It allows us to magnetically snap

one edit to the end of another. For

example, if it is off, whenever we drag

clips on the timeline, there's a

possibility that the clips will not

attach to each other. There will be gaps

in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the linked selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video

only and audio only icons. If we only

click and drag the video only icon, the

video will be dragged to the timeline.

And similarly, if we click and drag the

audio only icon, then only the audio

will be dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback and set the pause resolution to

full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in and out points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow keys.

Source monitor also has a play and pause

button. This helps the editor to stop or

start playing the footage as and when

required. Besides this, source monitor

also has an option of an insert icon

which helps us to insert a video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is a comma symbol. Now, let's

move on to the overwrite icon, which

overwrites the video clip exactly on the

spot where the playhead is placed on the

timeline. The shortcut for this is the

full stop symbol. Next, we have the

export frame icon, which can be used for

exporting a single frame from the video

clip. Place your playhead on the desired

frame in the video clip. Click on the

export frame button. A dialogue box will

be opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the video, select render at maximum

depth and use maximum render quality.

After that just click on export on the

right bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used etc. In the

description below you can find a link to

Invato Elements which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical

videos. Then we have the learning

workspace which can be used while

learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, for video tracks and audio

tracks. For overwriting clips, use the

keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before dragging it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the in point of the clip and out point

of the video clip. Or you can simply

press shift + i for go to in and shift +

o for go to out on the keyboard. Then we

also have the option to move between

frames which is back one frame icon and

the forward one frame icon. These icons

allow us to move frame by frame

backwards and forwards. The keyboard

shortcut for this is the left arrow and

right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol.

Next, we have the export frame icon,

which can be used for exporting a single

frame from the video clip. Place your

playhead on the desired frame in the

video clip. Click on the export frame

button. A dialogue box will be opened.

Now, enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that, just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces, import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

and-out points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3 while the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting, which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position by clicking on the icon.

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence

B. Now we have a snap and timeline

button. Shortcut for snap and timeline

is S. It allows us to magnetically snap

one edit to the end of another. For

example, if it is off, whenever we drag

clips on the timeline, there's a

possibility that the clips will not

attach to each other. There will be gaps

in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So you can set playback resolution

to a lower value. For example, 1/4 of

the actual resolution for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invato Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey.

We also have a marker option on the

bottom of the source panel or you can

simply press M on the keyboard. We can

add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected markers.

Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in and out points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol.

Now, let's move on to the overwrite

icon, which overwrites the video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is the full stop

symbol. Next, we have the export frame

icon, which can be used for exporting a

single frame from the video clip. Place

your playhead on the desired frame in

the video clip. Click on the export

frame button. A dialogue box will be

opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right. To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the video, select render at maximum

depth and use maximum render quality.

After that, just click on export on the

right bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Adob

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plust on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor, allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way,

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline. Firstly, we have source

patching for inserts and overwrites.

Source patching in Premiere Pro allows

you to control which tracks in your

timeline are affected when you add or

replace a clip from the source monitor.

It ensures that the selected clip goes

exactly where you want it in the

timeline. It's especially useful for

projects with many video and audio

tracks, giving you precise control over

where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio

layers. Next, we have toggle track lock

for the audio and the video layers. Each

layer comes with its own toggle lock.

When a layer is locked, we are unable to

modify or edit it. For example, let's

lock the V1 layer. Now, we can't even

select the clips on layer V1.

Now let's discuss the timeline's video

and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3. While the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now, let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now, I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the link

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow keys.

Source monitor also has a play and pause

button. This helps the editor to stop or

start playing the footage as and when

required. Besides this, source monitor

also has an option of an insert icon

which helps us to insert a video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is a comma symbol. Now, let's

move on to the overwrite icon, which

overwrites the video clip exactly on the

spot where the playhead is placed on the

timeline. The shortcut for this is the

full stop symbol. Next, we have the

export frame icon, which can be used for

exporting a single frame from the video

clip. Place your playhead on the desired

frame in the video clip. Click on the

export frame button. A dialogue box will

be opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side, we

can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus m on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that, just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical

videos. Then we have the learning

workspace which can be used while

learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window

workspaces. Edit workspaces. The edit

workspaces dialogue will open where you

can reorder workspaces, hide them or

delete custom workspaces. Also, we can

dock, group or float panels in Adobe

Premiere Pro. We can dock panels

together, move them into or out of

groups, and undock them so they float

above the application window. Docking

zones exist along the edges of a panel,

group, or window. Docking a panel places

it near the existing group, resizing all

groups to accommodate the new panel. For

example, if I want the effect controls

panel anywhere else, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag it to another dock. Now we can see

there are multiple places at the edge of

this panel. Simply go to the edge where

you want to add the effect controls and

release the mouse button. Your effect

controls panel will be docked there.

Grouping zones exist in the middle of a

panel or group along the tab area of the

panel. Dropping a panel on a grouping

zone stacks it with other panels. For

example, I will select the effect

controls panel from the top and drag and

drop it in the middle of the program

monitor. Now you can see we have the

program monitor and effect controls in a

group. If the panel you want to dock or

group is not visible, choose it from the

window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, for video tracks and audio

tracks. For overwriting clips, use the

keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3 while the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting, which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we've got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the linked selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback and set the pause resolution to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invado Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before dragging it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the in point of the clip and out point

of the video clip. Or you can simply

press shift + i for go to in and shift +

o for go to out on the keyboard. Then we

also have the option to move between

frames which is back one frame icon and

the forward one frame icon. These icons

allow us to move frame by frame

backwards and forwards. The keyboard

shortcut for this is the left arrow and

right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol. Next, we have

the export frame icon, which can be used

for exporting a single frame from the

video clip. Place your playhead on the

desired frame in the video clip. Click

on the export frame button. A dialogue

box will be opened. Now, enter a name

for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips.

At the bottom left of the project panel,

there is a toggle button to switch

between read only and read write files

for project panels. If it's toggled for

read only, you cannot import or use

these files. All the files will be read

only. Also on the right side, we can see

buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export.

Go to the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that, just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom, click on send

to media encoder. Auto media encoder

will be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right, click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces, import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1.

V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence

B. Now we have a snap and timeline

button. Shortcut for snap and timeline

is S. It allows us to magnetically snap

one edit to the end of another. For

example, if it is off, whenever we drag

clips on the timeline, there's a

possibility that the clips will not

attach to each other. There will be gaps

in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the linked selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video

only and audio only icons. If we only

click and drag the video only icon, the

video will be dragged to the timeline.

And similarly, if we click and drag the

audio only icon, then only the audio

will be dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback and set the pause resolution to

full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before dragging it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the inpoint of the clip and out point of

the video clip. Or you can simply press

shift + i for go to in and shift + o for

go to out on the keyboard. Then we also

have the option to move between frames

which is back one frame icon and the

forward one frame icon. These icons

allow us to move frame by frame

backwards and forwards. The keyboard

shortcut for this is the left arrow and

right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol.

Next, we have the export frame icon,

which can be used for exporting a single

frame from the video clip. Place your

playhead on the desired frame in the

video clip. Click on the export frame

button. A dialogue box will be opened.

Now, enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the video, select render at maximum

depth and use maximum render quality.

After that just click on export on the

right bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used etc. In the

description below you can find a link to

Invato Elements which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical

videos. Then we have the learning

workspace which can be used while

learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries.

The library workspace allows you to add

and share media and assets between

various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group.

Resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and will select

this clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the right of my click. The next

one is the track selection backward

tool. It is used to select all the clips

to the left of the cursor in a sequence.

The keyboard shortcut for this is shift

+ a. I have taken the track selection

tool and will select this clip. This

tool will select all the clips to the

left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command plus K

on the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, for video tracks and audio

tracks. For overwriting clips, use the

keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the linked selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback and set the pause resolution to

full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before driving it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the in point of the clip and out point

of the video clip. Or you can simply

press shift + i for go to in and shift +

o for go to out on the keyboard. Then we

also have the option to move between

frames which is back one frame icon and

the forward one frame icon. These icons

allow us to move frame by frame

backwards and forwards. The keyboard

shortcut for this is the left arrow and

right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol.

Next, we have the export frame icon,

which can be used for exporting a single

frame from the video clip. Place your

playhead on the desired frame in the

video clip. Click on the export frame

button. A dialogue box will be opened.

Now, enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips.

At the bottom left of the project panel,

there is a toggle button to switch

between read only and read write files

for project panels. If it's toggled for

read only, you cannot import or use

these files. All the files will be read

only. Also on the right side, we can see

buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that, just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom, click on send

to media encoder. Auto media encoder

will be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right, click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we've got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the linked selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before dragging it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the in point of the clip and out point

of the video clip. Or you can simply

press shift + i for go to in and shift

plus o for go to out on the keyboard.

Then we also have the option to move

between frames which is back one frame

icon and the forward one frame icon.

These icons allow us to move frame by

frame backwards and forwards. The

keyboard shortcut for this is the left

arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol.

Next, we have the export frame icon,

which can be used for exporting a single

frame from the video clip. Place your

playhead on the desired frame in the

video clip. Click on the export frame

button. A dialogue box will be opened.

Now, enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select

H.264 codec for high quality MP4 video

and low file size. In the video, select

render at maximum depth and use maximum

render quality. After that, just click

on export on the right bottom and your

video will start rendering. The time

depends on the video resolution, effects

used, etc. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom, click on send

to media encoder. Auto media encoder

will be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right, click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut comma for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we've got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before dragging it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the in point of the clip and out point

of the video clip. Or you can simply

press shift + i for go to in and shift +

o for go to out on the keyboard. Then we

also have the option to move between

frames which is back one frame icon and

the forward one frame icon. These icons

allow us to move frame by frame

backwards and forwards. The keyboard

shortcut for this is the left arrow and

right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol.

Next, we have the export frame icon,

which can be used for exporting a single

frame from the video clip. Place your

playhead on the desired frame in the

video clip. Click on the export frame

button. A dialogue box will be opened.

Now, enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select

H.264 codec for high quality MP4 video

and low file size. In the video, select

render at maximum depth and use maximum

render quality. After that, just click

on export on the right bottom and your

video will start rendering. The time

depends on the video resolution, effects

used, etc. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group.

Resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and will select

this clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the right of my click. The next

one is the track selection backward

tool. It is used to select all the clips

to the left of the cursor in a sequence.

The keyboard shortcut for this is shift

+ a. I have taken the track selection

tool and will select this clip. This

tool will select all the clips to the

left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, for video tracks and audio

tracks. For overwriting clips, use the

keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow keys.

Source monitor also has a play and pause

button. This helps the editor to stop or

start playing the footage as and when

required. Besides this, source monitor

also has an option of an insert icon

which helps us to insert a video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is a comma symbol. Now, let's

move on to the overwrite icon, which

overwrites the video clip exactly on the

spot where the playhead is placed on the

timeline. The shortcut for this is the

full stop symbol. Next, we have the

export frame icon, which can be used for

exporting a single frame from the video

clip. Place your playhead on the desired

frame in the video clip. Click on the

export frame button. A dialogue box will

be opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side, we

can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that, just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom, click on send

to media encoder. Auto media encoder

will be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right, click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning inapp tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries. The library

workspace allows you to add and share

media and assets between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces, import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

right click on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1.

V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position by clicking on the icon.

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence

B. Now we have a snap and timeline

button. Shortcut for snap and timeline

is S. It allows us to magnetically snap

one edit to the end of another. For

example, if it is off, whenever we drag

clips on the timeline, there's a

possibility that the clips will not

attach to each other. There will be gaps

in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the length

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video

only and audio only icons. If we only

click and drag the video only icon, the

video will be dragged to the timeline.

And similarly, if we click and drag the

audio only icon, then only the audio

will be dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback and set the pause resolution to

full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O.

Inpoint and outpoint helps the editor to

select a certain portion of the video

clip before dragging it to the timeline.

Besides in andout points, we have a go

to in and go to out icon which jumps to

the inpoint of the clip and out point of

the video clip. Or you can simply press

shift + i for go to in and shift + o for

go to out on the keyboard. Then we also

have the option to move between frames

which is back one frame icon and the

forward one frame icon. These icons

allow us to move frame by frame

backwards and forwards. The keyboard

shortcut for this is the left arrow and

right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol. Now

let's move on to the overwrite icon

which overwrites the video clip exactly

on the spot where the playhead is placed

on the timeline. The shortcut for this

is the full stop symbol.

Next, we have the export frame icon,

which can be used for exporting a single

frame from the video clip. Place your

playhead on the desired frame in the

video clip. Click on the export frame

button. A dialogue box will be opened.

Now, enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view,

icon view, and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment layers, color

mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the video, select render at maximum

depth and use maximum render quality.

After that just click on export on the

right bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invato Elements which offers millions

of incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with Auto

Premiere Pro. It has options to create a

new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3 while the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting, which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence

B. Now we have a snap and timeline

button. Shortcut for snap and timeline

is S. It allows us to magnetically snap

one edit to the end of another. For

example, if it is off, whenever we drag

clips on the timeline, there's a

possibility that the clips will not

attach to each other. There will be gaps

in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the link

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So you can set playback resolution

to a lower value. For example, 1/4 of

the actual resolution for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invado Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey.

We also have a marker option on the

bottom of the source panel or you can

simply press M on the keyboard. We can

add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected markers.

Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in and out points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol.

Now, let's move on to the overwrite

icon, which overwrites the video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is the full stop

symbol. Next, we have the export frame

icon, which can be used for exporting a

single frame from the video clip. Place

your playhead on the desired frame in

the video clip. Click on the export

frame button. A dialogue box will be

opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between read only and

read write files for project panels. If

it's toggled for read only, you cannot

import or use these files. All the files

will be read only. Also on the right

side, we can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your

file. In the preset drop-down menu,

select preset according to your

requirement. For now, I'm selecting

match source adaptive high bit rate. In

format, select H.264 codec for high

quality MP4 video and low file size. In

the video, select render at maximum

depth and use maximum render quality.

After that just click on export on the

right bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used etc. In the

description below you can find a link to

Invato Elements which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now let's see how to export

video using an adult media encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plust on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adob

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces. The edit workspaces

dialogue will open where you can reorder

workspaces, hide them or delete custom

workspaces. Also, we can dock, group or

float panels in Adobe Premiere Pro. We

can dock panels together, move them into

or out of groups, and undock them so

they float above the application window.

Docking zones exist along the edges of a

panel, group, or window. Docking a panel

places it near the existing group,

resizing all groups to accommodate the

new panel. For example, if I want the

effect controls panel anywhere else, I

will select the effect controls panel

from the top and drag it to another

dock. Now we can see there are multiple

places at the edge of this panel. Simply

go to the edge where you want to add the

effect controls and release the mouse

button. Your effect controls panel will

be docked there. Grouping zones exist in

the middle of a panel or group along the

tab area of the panel. Dropping a panel

on a grouping zone stacks it with other

panels. For example, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag and drop it in the middle of the

program monitor. Now you can see we have

the program monitor and effect controls

in a group. If the panel you want to

dock or group is not visible, choose it

from the window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invado Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the

in-n-out points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline.

Firstly, we have source patching for

inserts and overwrites. Source patching

in Premiere Pro allows you to control

which tracks in your timeline are

affected when you add or replace a clip

from the source monitor. It ensures that

the selected clip goes exactly where you

want it in the timeline. It's especially

useful for projects with many video and

audio tracks, giving you precise control

over where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio layers.

Next, we have toggle track lock for the

audio and the video layers. Each layer

comes with its own toggle lock. When a

layer is locked, we are unable to modify

or edit it. For example, let's lock the

V1 layer. Now, we can't even select the

clips on layer

V1. Now, let's discuss the timeline's

video and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2 and V3 while the audio layers are

named

A1,

A2 and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we've got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now, click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group, or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the link

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and video. Then we

have a marker icon which adds markers on

the timeline wherever the playhead is

placed. Markers can be used for

commenting about selected parts of the

timeline, defining chapters in the

project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

double click the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given them.

Show video thumbnails. It provides a

reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher formats. Composite preview

during trim. It simply shows you a

composite of both the frame being

trimmed and the frame of the current

clip on the timeline. You can turn this

off to see a full screen preview of only

the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So you can set playback resolution

to a lower value. For example, 1/4 of

the actual resolution for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to

full. In the description below, you can

find a link to Invado Elements, which

offers millions of incredible resources

to assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected markers.

Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in and out points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon, which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames, which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow

keys. Source monitor also has a play and

pause button. This helps the editor to

stop or start playing the footage as and

when required. Besides this, source

monitor also has an option of an insert

icon which helps us to insert a video

clip exactly on the spot where the

playhead is placed on the timeline. The

shortcut for this is a comma symbol.

Now, let's move on to the overwrite

icon, which overwrites the video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is the full stop symbol. Next,

we have the export frame icon, which can

be used for exporting a single frame

from the video clip. Place your playhead

on the desired frame in the video clip.

Click on the export frame button. A

dialogue box will be opened. Now enter a

name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side we

can see buttons for list view, icon view

and free form view. If you have a list

view toggled on, all the files present

in the project panel will be in the

listed view. If the icon view is toggled

on, all the files in the project panel

will be in the icon view. If the free

form view is toggled on, all the files

will be in free form view.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right. To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac. You can now see the export

window. Here name your file according to

your requirement. I have named it

sample. Now click on browse and select

your preferred location where you want

to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the video,

select render at maximum depth and use

maximum render quality. After that, just

click on export on the right bottom and

your video will start rendering. The

time depends on the video resolution,

effects used, etc. In the description

below, you can find a link to Invato

Elements, which offers millions of

incredible resources to assist you on

your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an adult media encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting. Now go to the file menu

then export and click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical videos. Then we have the

learning workspace which can be used

while learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews.

Libraries. The library workspace allows

you to add and share media and assets

between various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Mataloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window

workspaces. Edit workspaces. The edit

workspaces dialogue will open where you

can reorder workspaces, hide them or

delete custom workspaces. Also, we can

dock, group or float panels in Adobe

Premiere Pro. We can dock panels

together, move them into or out of

groups, and undock them so they float

above the application window. Docking

zones exist along the edges of a panel,

group, or window. Docking a panel places

it near the existing group, resizing all

groups to accommodate the new panel. For

example, if I want the effect controls

panel anywhere else, I will select the

effect controls panel from the top and

drag it to another dock. Now we can see

there are multiple places at the edge of

this panel. Simply go to the edge where

you want to add the effect controls and

release the mouse button. Your effect

controls panel will be docked there.

Grouping zones exist in the middle of a

panel or group along the tab area of the

panel. Dropping a panel on a grouping

zone stacks it with other panels. For

example, I will select the effect

controls panel from the top and drag and

drop it in the middle of the program

monitor. Now you can see we have the

program monitor and effect controls in a

group. If the panel you want to dock or

group is not visible, choose it from the

window

menu. Now let's see how to undock a

panel in a floating window. When we

undock a panel in a floating window, we

can add panels to the window and modify

it compared to the application window.

You can use floating windows to use a

secondary monitor or to create

workspaces. For example, if I want to

undock the effect controls panel, I will

rightclick on the panel menu and select

the undock option. The effect controls

panel will start

floating. Now let's see resizing the

panel groups. When we position the

pointer over dividers between panel

groups, resize icons appear. When you

drag these icons, all groups that share

the divider are resized. For example, if

I want the effect controls panel to be

horizontally small, I will go to the

divider between effect controls and

program monitor and drag it towards the

right to make the effect controls panel

horizontally small. This will also

affect the size of the program monitor,

making it larger

horizontally. Now, let's see how we can

brighten or darken the interface. You

can lower the brightness, especially

when working in a darkened editing suite

or when making color corrections. To

change the brightness on Mac, go to

Premiere

Pro, preferences, then

appearance. And for Windows, go to edit,

preferences, then appearance. In the

appearance panel, adjust the

brightness and intensity of the

highlight color according to your

requirements.

In Premiere Pro, the tools panel is

found on the left side of your workspace

and is packed with useful editing tools.

These tools are meant to help you edit

your videos quickly, smoothly, and

effectively. The first tool in the tool

panel is the selection tool. It is used

for selecting clips, menu items, and

other objects in the user interface. The

keyboard shortcut for the selection tool

is V. Using this selection tool, we can

select clips on the timeline and drag

them wherever we

want. The next one is the track

selection forward tool. It is used to

select all the clips to the right of the

cursor in a sequence. The keyboard

shortcut for this is A. We have taken

the track selection tool and we'll

select this clip. This tool will select

all the clips to the right of my click.

The next one is the track selection

backward tool. It is used to select all

the clips to the left of the cursor in a

sequence. The keyboard shortcut for this

is shift + a. I have taken the track

selection tool and will select this

clip. This tool will select all the

clips to the left of my

click. The next one is the ripple edit

tool. The shortcut for the ripple edit

tool is B. It is used to trim the in or

out point between two clips on the

timeline. The ripple edit tool closes

gaps caused by the edit and preserves

all the edits to the left or right of

the trimmed clip. The next tool is the

rolling edit tool. The shortcut for the

rolling edit tool is N. It is used to

roll the edit point between two clips in

a timeline. The rolling edit tool trims

the inpoint of the one and the outpoint

of the other while leaving the combined

duration of the two clips unchanged. The

next one is the rate stretch tool. The

shortcut for the rate stretch tool is R.

It is used to shorten the clip on the

timeline by speeding up its playback or

to lengthen it by slowing it down. The

rate stretch tool changes speed and

duration but leaves the in andout points

of the clip unchanged.

Then we have a remix tool that helps in

remixing audio. Select the remix tool

and drag the edge of an audio

clip. An essential sound panel will be

opened where you can remix audio clips

using these properties. The next one is

a razor tool. The shortcut for the razor

tool is C. It is used to make one or

more cuts in clips on a timeline. Click

a point in a clip to split it at that

precise

location. Also, you can add cuts by

pressing control + K or command + K on

the

keyboard. In the description below, you

can find a link to Invato Elements,

which offers millions of incredible

resources to assist you on your video

creation

journey. The next one is the slip tool.

The shortcut for the slip tool is Y. It

is used to simultaneously change the in

andout points of a clip in a timeline

while keeping the time span between them

constant. The next one is a slide tool.

The shortcut for the slide tool is U. It

is used to move a clip to the left or

right in a timeline while simultaneously

trimming the two clips that surround it.

The next one is the pen tool. The

shortcut for the pen tool is P. It is

used to set or select key frames or to

adjust connector lines in a timeline.

Drag a connector line vertically to

adjust it. Use control + leftclick or

command plus leftclick on the connector

line to set a key frame. The next tool

is the rectangle tool. It allows you to

create rectangular shapes and you can

modify its properties in the effect

control panel, then shape and then

appearance. You can adjust parameters

such as color, stroke, and shadow.

Following that is the ellipse tool which

is used for creating ellipse

shapes. Lastly, we have the polygon tool

which enables you to create

polygons. The next one is a hand tool.

The shortcut for the hand tool is H. It

is used to move the viewing area of a

timeline to the right or left.

The next one is the zoom tool. The

shortcut for the zoom tool is Z. It is

used to zoom in or zoom out in a

timeline viewing area. Click in the

viewing area to zoom in by one

increment. Alt plus click or option plus

click to zoom out by one

increment. The last one is the type

tool. The shortcut for the type tool is

T. We can use a type tool to create a

text box or type text on the project

window. Then we have a vertical type

tool. To create vertical text on the

project

window, firstly we need to add our

footage to the sequence on the timeline.

Double click on the media file you want

to use. It will open in the source

monitor, allowing you to select specific

parts you want to use in your video. Use

I to set the inpoint and O to set the

outpoint for your selection. This way,

you only use the best parts of your

clips. After trimming your video, drag

it from the source monitor and drop it

onto the video track in the timeline

panel. If your video has audio, it will

automatically link to the video. To

separate them, drag the audio part to a

different audio track. Now, let's

discuss about the options available on

the timeline. Firstly, we have source

patching for inserts and overwrites.

Source patching in Premiere Pro allows

you to control which tracks in your

timeline are affected when you add or

replace a clip from the source monitor.

It ensures that the selected clip goes

exactly where you want it in the

timeline. It's especially useful for

projects with many video and audio

tracks, giving you precise control over

where your new clips should go. To

enable source patching, click the source

patching button for the desired track in

the timeline or use the keyboard

shortcut, comma, for video tracks and

audio tracks. For overwriting clips, use

the keyboard shortcut full stop for both

video and audio tracks. This feature

helps you manage your timeline

effectively when dealing with multiple

video and audio

layers. Next, we have toggle track lock

for the audio and the video layers. Each

layer comes with its own toggle lock.

When a layer is locked, we are unable to

modify or edit it. For example, let's

lock the V1 layer. Now, we can't even

select the clips on layer V1.

Now let's discuss the timeline's video

and audio layers. It's pretty

straightforward. The video layers are

named

V1, V2, and V3. While the audio layers

are named

A1,

A2, and

A3. Then we have a toggle for track

targeting which can be toggled by

clicking on the layer names such as V1

and A1. By default, V1 and A1 are

toggled on for track targeting. If you

want to paste a clip on the V2 layer,

make sure the V2 layer is toggled on and

then simply paste away. The same goes

for audio layers. Then we have toggle

sync lock which is automatically

enabled. It ensures that all tracks

which are toggled on are affected

equally by certain adjustments made to

any track. For example, we have this

clip on V3 with audio attached to the A3

track. If you toggle off the sync lock

for A3 and ripple delete the clip on V2,

you'll see that all tracks except A3 are

affected. Now, let's undo and toggle on

the sync lock for A3. Now, I'm ripple

deleting the clip from V2. You can see

the audio track A3 is also affected by

ripple delete. To keep things organized,

we got an eye icon for toggle track

output. If you disable it, you won't see

the output of that particular layer. For

example, I will toggle off layer

V2. Now you can't see the output for

layer

V2. In audio, we have a mute icon that

mutes the audio

track. Besides mute, we have a solo

track. All the tracks except the solo

track enabled will be muted. Only the

enabled audio track will be played. Then

we have a microphone icon that helps us

to record voice over directly in

Premiere Pro. For example, if you

position the playhead at a specific

point, the recording will start from

that position. By clicking on the icon,

Premiere Pro will start recording voice

over. Now click again to stop recording

and the recorded layer will be added to

your timeline.

You can always adjust the heights of the

layers by simply doubleclicking on that

layer to expand that particular track.

Or else you can hold and drag the lines

between two tracks to expand them. It

can be also done by pressing alt on

Windows or option on Mac and scrolling

the mouse wheel will expand and contract

the layer. Make sure this will affect

the layer on which your cursor will be

placed. So we'll start from the top left

first. We have a sequence time code here

which portrays time from hours, minutes,

seconds, and frames per second. Then we

have the insert and overwrite sequences

as nests or individual clips option.

This option allows you to control how

sequences are inserted or overwritten

when working with nested sequences.

Nested sequences are a powerful

organizational tool in video editing.

They allow you to take a sequence and

treat it as a single clip within another

sequence. This can be incredibly useful

when you want to apply effects,

transitions, or adjustments to multiple

clips as a group or when you need to

create complex compositions and maintain

a structured timeline. For example, if

you have a sequence named as sequence A

within your project and you want to

insert or overwrite it into another

sequence named as sequence B, you can

choose between two options. One, insert

and overwrite as individual clips. If

you select this option, Premiere Pro

will treat the contents of sequence A as

individual clips. When you insert or

overwrite sequence A into sequence B,

each clip within sequence A will be

placed on its own track in sequence B.

This level of control lets you fine-tune

the clips and their arrangement in the

new sequence like a pro. Two, insert and

overwrite as nest. If you choose this

option, Premiere Pro will treat sequence

A as a single nested sequence. When you

insert or overwrite sequence A into

sequence B, the entire contents of

sequence A will be treated as a single

clip and placed on a single track in

sequence B. It's perfect for keeping

things grouped together and preserving

the overall structure of sequence A

within sequence B. Now we have a snap

and timeline button. Shortcut for snap

and timeline is S. It allows us to

magnetically snap one edit to the end of

another. For example, if it is off,

whenever we drag clips on the timeline,

there's a possibility that the clips

will not attach to each other. There

will be gaps in between

clips. Turning the snap and timeline

will make sure there are no gaps while

dragging and dropping the clips on the

timeline. The next one is the link

selection button. The linked selection

button allows you to toggle the

connection between the video and audio

on the timeline. For example, if I

select this clip on the timeline, the

audio will be selected too. Once I turn

off the link selection, I can work

separately with audio and

video. Then we have a marker icon which

adds markers on the timeline wherever

the playhead is placed. Markers can be

used for commenting about selected parts

of the timeline, defining chapters in

the project, and for adding a URL that

provides more information about selected

parts. For example, place your playhead

where you want to add markers on the

timeline. Make sure clips are not

selected and select marker icon or

simply use the M shortcut and a marker

will be added to your timeline. Now

doubleclick the marker to change its

name,

duration, comments, chapter marker, web

link,

etc. Beside the marker, there's an icon

for settings of timeline. Under timeline

settings, the first one is show source

clip name and label, which shows the

names and labels of your clips if you

have given

them. Show video thumbnails. It provides

a reference frame on each individual

clip. Show video key frames. It will

display key frame information straight

on our video clips. If you have a key

frame on

video, show video

names. It will display the names of the

videos. Show audio waveform. It will

show waveforms for the audio used on the

timeline.

Show audio key frames. It will display

audio key frames if you have

them. Show audio name. It will show the

names of the audio on the

timeline. Show clip

markers. It will show markers if you

have marked any on the

timeline. Show duplicate frame markers.

It will help us if any clips or frames

are displayed more than once on the

timeline. Show through edits. It shows a

cut in a clip where there is no change

on either side of the

clip. Show FX badges. It has three types

of badges. The first one is a gray one,

which means there's no change with your

clip. The second one is yellow, which

means you have key frames on your clips.

And the third one is green, which means

you have an actual effect on your clip.

Show proxy badges. When you're using

proxies in your existing project, you'll

see a specific icon displayed on the top

left of your video clips. Adobe Premiere

Pro uses proxies, which are smaller,

lower resolution versions of your

original video files. These proxies help

make the editing process smoother and

more efficient, particularly when

dealing with highresolution footage like

4K or higher

formats. Composite preview during trim.

It simply shows you a composite of both

the frame being trimmed and the frame of

the current clip on the timeline. You

can turn this off to see a full screen

preview of only the frame being

trimmed. Minimize all tracks. It will

minimize all the tracks on the

timeline. Expand all tracks. It will

expand all the tracks on the

timeline. Save presets. This will create

a preset from your current timeline

settings. Manage presets. Here you can

manage your timeline

presets. Customize video header. It

helps us to customize video headers

available on the

timeline. Customize audio header. It

helps us to customize audio headers

available on the

timeline. At last, we have close CC,

which is for captions. This one allows

us to toggle between showing and hiding

captions on the timeline.

The source monitor plays one video clip

at a time and its primary job is to help

the editors prepare the video footage

for

editing. Source monitor contains both

time ruler and controls for

playback. The time code can be seen at

the bottom left of the source monitor

which portrays the duration of the clip.

This duration can vary from hours to

frames per second. Besides the time

code, we have a scaling tool for the

source monitor. This scaling tool helps

the editor to zoom in and zoom out of

the video clips inside the source

monitor. Scaling options are available

from 10% up to

400%. We also have video only and audio

only icons. If we only click and drag

the video only icon, the video will be

dragged to the timeline. And similarly,

if we click and drag the audio only

icon, then only the audio will be

dragged to the

timeline. Now, let's discuss the

playback resolution settings for the

source monitor. Playback resolution

settings allow the user to lower the

resolution of the previews that Premiere

Pro displays in the source monitor.

Lower resolutions are easier to play

back. So, you can set playback

resolution to a lower value. For

example, 1/4 of the actual resolution

for smooth

playback. And set the pause resolution

to full.

In the description below, you can find a

link to Invado Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. We also have a marker option on

the bottom of the source panel, or you

can simply press M on the keyboard. We

can add multiple markers to our footage.

Markers are often used when we need

different portions of the same video

clip. To remove markers, simply

rightclick on the time ruler and choose

either clear marker to remove all

markers or clear selected marker to

remove only the selected

markers. Then we have

inpoint and outpoint icons which add a

pointer wherever the playhead is played

on the timeline. Else you can simply add

in andout points by using the keyboard

shortcuts that is I and O. Inpoint and

outpoint helps the editor to select a

certain portion of the video clip before

dragging it to the timeline. Besides in

andout points, we have a go to in and go

to out icon which jumps to the inpoint

of the clip and out point of the video

clip. Or you can simply press shift + i

for go to in and shift + o for go to out

on the keyboard. Then we also have the

option to move between frames which is

back one frame icon and the forward one

frame icon. These icons allow us to move

frame by frame backwards and forwards.

The keyboard shortcut for this is the

left arrow and right arrow keys.

Source monitor also has a play and pause

button. This helps the editor to stop or

start playing the footage as and when

required. Besides this, source monitor

also has an option of an insert icon

which helps us to insert a video clip

exactly on the spot where the playhead

is placed on the timeline. The shortcut

for this is a comma symbol. Now, let's

move on to the overwrite icon, which

overwrites the video clip exactly on the

spot where the playhead is placed on the

timeline. The shortcut for this is the

full stop symbol. Next, we have the

export frame icon, which can be used for

exporting a single frame from the video

clip. Place your playhead on the desired

frame in the video clip. Click on the

export frame button. A dialogue box will

be opened. Now enter a name for this

frame and select the export

format. You can also check the box if

you want this frame to be imported into

your project. Just click on okay and

your frame will be

exported. Once you have created a

project in Premiere Pro, all the files

imported will be shown in the project

panel. The project panel is where you

can import, locate, find, organize, and

preview your clips. At the bottom left

of the project panel, there is a toggle

button to switch between readon and read

write files for project panels. If it's

toggled for read only, you cannot import

or use these files. All the files will

be read only. Also on the right side, we

can see buttons for list view.

icon view and free form view. If you

have a list view toggled on, all the

files present in the project panel will

be in the listed view. If the icon view

is toggled on, all the files in the

project panel will be in the icon view.

If the free form view is toggled on, all

the files will be in free form view. In

the description below, you can find a

link to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Besides these, there is a

slider for adjusting the size of icons

and thumbnails of files. Right to the

slider, there is a button for how you

want to sort your files in the project

panel. Now, there is an automate

sequence option. By using this option,

Premiere Pro will create a sequence for

you using selected footage or bins in

the project panel. We'll further look

into automating to sequence deeply.

Right? To automate the sequence, we have

a find icon from which we can find the

files in the project

panel. After that, we have an icon to

create bins in project panels. Besides

the bin icon, we have a new item icon

from where you can create

sequences, adjustment

layers, color mats,

etc. And now at last, we have a delete

icon which deletes selected files in the

project

panel. First of all, we will select the

sequence which we want to export. Go to

the file

menu export and then

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plus M on Mac. You can now see the

export window. Here name your file

according to your requirement. I have

named it sample. Now click on browse and

select your preferred location where you

want to save your file.

In the preset drop-down menu, select

preset according to your requirement.

For now, I'm selecting match source

adaptive high bit rate. In format,

select H.264 codec for high quality MP4

video and low file size. In the

video, select render at maximum depth

and use maximum render quality. After

that, just click on export on the right

bottom and your video will start

rendering. The time depends on the video

resolution, effects used, etc. In the

description below, you can find a link

to Invato Elements, which offers

millions of incredible resources to

assist you on your video creation

journey. Now, let's see how to export

video using an Adob Media Encoder. Keep

in mind that for exporting using a media

encoder, versions of both applications

should be the same. In my case, I have

the 2022 version of Premiere Pro. Then

similarly, I need a media encoder 2022

for exporting.

Now go to the file menu then export and

click on

media or else use a keyboard shortcut

that is control +m on Windows or command

plusm on Mac to open the export window.

Here you need to name your file. Define

location. Select the preset and format.

Now at the right bottom click on send to

media encoder. Auto media encoder will

be opened. Here you can change the

format of the

video. Add

presets and also define the output name

and

location. Now at the top right click on

the play button. Your video will start

exporting. Here rendering time depends

on the resolution and effects used in

the video. If you want to download

project files or any of the assets used

in creating this video, you can find the

link in the description below. And

that's it. In this tutorial, you've

learned the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Kindly share your

experience in the comment section below.

Thanks for watching, and we'll see you

soon in the next video tutorial.

Hey guys, welcome to our Premiere Pro

beginners tutorial. In this video, we'll

cover the interface basics, including

the tool panel, timeline, source panel,

project panel, and the process of

exporting videos. Whether you're new to

editing or looking to brush up your

skills, we've got you covered. Let's get

started.

[Music]

[Applause]

[Music]

Let's start with the home screen. The

home screen is where you begin with

Adobo Premiere Pro. It has options to

create a new project or open existing

project. When we create a new project,

we can see the header bar to navigate

with Premiere Pro. Firstly, we have a

home button to open the home

screen. Then we have an import tab which

will help us import files. Next, we have

an edit tab which will be our main tab

for editing in Premiere Pro. After that,

we have an export tab which will help us

export

videos. Below that, we have the project

name and hovering over your project will

also show the destination where the

project is saved.

Then we have a workspace tab from which

we can change

workspaces. Following that we have a

quick export button which helps us

export videos quickly. Lastly we have

maximize video output for viewing video

output in full screen mode. To exit the

full screen mode press keyboard shortcut

control plus tiled on Windows or command

plus tiled on Mac. Now let's see the

different workspaces available in Adobe

Premiere Pro. Adob Premiere Pro uses

panel-based interfaces which are called

workspaces. The default workspace

contains a group of panels and

standalone panels. We can customize a

workspace by arranging panels in a

layout that suits us. We can create

several custom workspaces for different

tasks. The first workspace available in

Premiere Pro is essentials. In

essentials, everything we need is

organized for easy access. It's

recommended if you work on a single

monitor setup. Also, this is the default

workspace of Premiere Pro. Next is the

vertical workspace which is best for

vertical

videos. Then we have the learning

workspace which can be used while

learning in-app tutorials and

editing. Assembly. The assembly

workspace is designed for fast review

and rough cut

editing. Editing. Editing is the default

editing workspace in Premiere Pro which

has 25

panels. Color. Premiere Pro provides

professional quality color grading and

color correction tools in the color

workspace. Effects. The effects

workspace has various effects for video

and audio editing.

Audio. In Adobe Premiere Pro's audio

workspace, you can edit audio, add

effects, and

mix. Captions and graphics. The captions

and graphics workspace is used while

working with captions or graphics on

your

video. Review. The review workspace is

used if you want to use frame.io for

reviews. Libraries.

The library workspace allows you to add

and share media and assets between

various auto

apps. All panels. The all panels

workspace has all panels available in

Premiere

Pro. Metaloging. The metaloging

workspace is for entering metadata after

importing, capturing or digitizing media

into Premiere

Pro. Production. The production

workspace is used while working or

collaborating with a team on a

production. Now let's see the different

methods of changing the workspace. The

first one is from the workspace tab

where a drop-own list will appear with

workspaces. The second one is from

window

workspaces. By default, Premiere Pro

opens projects in whatever workspace you

currently have open. However, you can

open a project in the workspace last

used with it. Before opening a project,

select window

workspaces. Import workspace from

project. Additionally, we can modify the

order of workspaces or delete them. To

modify the order, go to the workspace

tab and choose edit workspaces or go to

window workspaces.

Edit workspaces.